*** empty log message ***
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 83* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
84* Target Vector Definition::
85* Native Debugging::
86* Support Libraries::
87* Coding::
88* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 89* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 90* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 91* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 92* Testsuite::
c906108c 93* Hints::
aab4e0ec 94
bcd7e15f 95* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 96* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 97* Index::
c906108c
SS
98@end menu
99
100@node Requirements
101
102@chapter Requirements
56caf160 103@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
104
105Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
106requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
107of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
108that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 109
56caf160
EZ
110First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
111front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
112shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 113
56caf160
EZ
114@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
115available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
116programmer.
c906108c 117
56caf160
EZ
118@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
119the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
120going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
121to debugger commands.
c906108c 122
56caf160
EZ
123@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
124While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 125picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
126programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
127mollify the debugger.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
130Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
131heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 132
56caf160
EZ
133@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
134available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
135supports.
c906108c
SS
136
137
138@node Overall Structure
139
140@chapter Overall Structure
141
56caf160
EZ
142@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
143symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
144@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 145
2e685b93 146The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
147supporting code.
148
149The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
150interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
151parsing, type and value printing.
152
153The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
154physical target manipulation.
155
156The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
157number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
158elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
159supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
160this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
161should fit together.
162
163@section The Symbol Side
164
56caf160
EZ
165The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
166you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
167For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
168many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
169
170@section The Target Side
171
56caf160
EZ
172The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
173Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
174of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
175available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
176
177Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
178display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 179such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
180relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
181way.
182
183@section Configurations
184
56caf160
EZ
185@cindex host
186@cindex target
25822942 187@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
188@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
189executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
190third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
191
192Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
193Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
194float format.
195
196Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
197dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
198breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
199to call a function.
200
201Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
202is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
203host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
204process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
205registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
206in the native-dependent files.
207
208Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
209are really part of the target environment, but which require
210@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
211file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
212
25822942 213When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
214have to include all three kinds of information.
215
25ab7e6d
EZ
216@section Source Tree Structure
217@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
218
219The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
220are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
221to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 222@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
223
224Files that are related to some common task have names that share
225common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
226debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
227reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
228deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
229parlance for the program being debugged).
230
231There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
232@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
233files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
234(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
235specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
236
237Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
238debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
239native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
240
241The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
242
243@table @file
244@item cli
245Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
246Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
247
248@item gdbserver
249Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
250
251@item gdbtk
252Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
253
254@item mi
255The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
256
257@item signals
258Target signal translation code.
259
260@item tui
261Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
262Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
263@end table
c906108c
SS
264
265@node Algorithms
266
267@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 268@cindex algorithms
c906108c 269
56caf160
EZ
270@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
271often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
272cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
273algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
274they use.
c906108c
SS
275
276@section Frames
277
56caf160
EZ
278@cindex frame
279@cindex call stack frame
280A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
281and called functions.
c906108c 282
410dd08e 283@cindex frame, unwind
c5e30d01
AC
284@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
285need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
286the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
287Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
d3e8051b 288read the @sc{dwarf} specification.
410dd08e
JB
289
290@findex frame_register_unwind
c5e30d01
AC
291@findex get_frame_register
292@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
293``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
294@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
295frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
296#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
297obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
298frame itself?
410dd08e
JB
299
300@cindex sentinel frame
301@findex get_frame_type
302@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
303To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
304``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
305the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
306is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
307SENTINEL_FRAME}.
308
7d30c22d
JB
309@section Prologue Analysis
310
311@cindex prologue analysis
312@cindex call frame information
313@cindex CFI (call frame information)
314To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
315variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
316of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
317saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
318younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
319scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
320changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
321may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
322
323Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
324which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
325But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
326technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
327registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
328code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
329allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
330register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 331accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
332helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
333CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
334@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
335calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
336
337In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
338target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
339optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
340write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
341understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
342GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
343understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
344themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
345and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
346instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
347
348@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
349@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
350@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
351To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
352and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
353prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
354analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
355framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
356``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
357using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
358would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
359starts with the instruction:
360
361@example
362addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
363@end example
364@noindent
365we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
366this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
367value.
368
369If we then see an instruction like:
370
371@example
372addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
373@end example
374@noindent
375we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
376it is now 64 greater than its original value.
377
378If the next instruction were:
379
380@example
381mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
382@end example
383@noindent
384then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
385@code{r1} plus 64.
386
387It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
388need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
389registers. So after an instruction like this:
390
391@example
392mov (fp+4), r2
393@end example
394@noindent
395then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
396holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
397
398And so on.
399
400Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
401wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
402the instruction:
403
404@example
405xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
406@end example
407@noindent
408then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
409a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
410relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
411``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
412information is acceptable for our application.
413
414So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
415approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
416never inaccurate.
417
418Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
419machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
420contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
421from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
422current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
423Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
424kept track of.
425
426@itemize @bullet
427
428@item
429To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
430stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
431minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
432If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
433the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
434we don't know the frame size.
435
436@item
437To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
438search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
439registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
440original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
441to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
442anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
443@end itemize
444
445This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
446quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
447forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
448function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
449of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
450worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
451and maintain. In the approach described above:
452
453@itemize @bullet
454
455@item
456It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 457whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
458the effect of each instruction.
459
460@item
461It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
462instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
463wasn't already broken before.
464
465@item
466It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
467complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
468of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
469what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
470already gathering the right data for you.
471
472@end itemize
473
474The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
475the framework and how to use it.
476
477
c906108c
SS
478@section Breakpoint Handling
479
56caf160 480@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
481In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
482where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
483that location.
484
485There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
486breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
487
56caf160
EZ
488@cindex hardware breakpoints
489@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
490Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
491features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
492register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 493(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 494ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
495exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
496
497Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
498include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
499processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
500address.
501
502A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
503breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
504software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
505breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 506@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 507for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
508
509Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 510limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 511start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 512notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
513whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
514breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
515an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
516
517@cindex software breakpoints
518Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
519The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
520instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
521that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
522@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
523user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
524instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
525
526Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 527must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 528can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 529although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
530
531Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
532instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
533target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
534breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
535larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
536targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
537instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
538set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
539although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
540instruction.
541
56caf160 542@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
543The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
544@code{BREAKPOINT}.
545
546Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
547much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
548
8181d85f
DJ
549@table @code
550@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
551@findex target_remove_breakpoint
552@findex target_insert_breakpoint
553@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
554@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
555Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
556@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
557non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
558breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
559@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
560to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
561@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
562related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
563contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
564if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
565underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
566memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
567@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
568it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
569
570For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
571shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 572the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
573@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
574used to remove the breakpoint.
575
576@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
577@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
578@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
579@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
580@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
581Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
582@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
583non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
584a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
585@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
586@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
587but @code{placed_size} may be.
588@end table
589
c906108c
SS
590@section Single Stepping
591
592@section Signal Handling
593
594@section Thread Handling
595
596@section Inferior Function Calls
597
598@section Longjmp Support
599
56caf160 600@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 601@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
602@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
603stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
604which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
605command.
c906108c 606
4a9bb1df
UW
607@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
608To make this work, you need to define a function called
609@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
c906108c
SS
610structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
611is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 612@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
613@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
614
9742079a
EZ
615@section Watchpoints
616@cindex watchpoints
617
618Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
619breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
620instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
621your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
622hunt down and kill such bugs.
623
624@cindex hardware watchpoints
625@cindex software watchpoints
626Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
627known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
628hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
629software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
630will use software watchpoints are:
631
632@itemize @bullet
633@item
634The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
635watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
636to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
637more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
638watchpoints.
639
640@item
641The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
642registers (as opposed to memory).
643
644@item
645Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
646this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
647resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
648breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
649breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
650
651@item
652No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
653implementation.
654@end itemize
655
656Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
657single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
658watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
659section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
660
b6b8ece6
EZ
661When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
662possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
663For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
664watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
665whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
666watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
667returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
668description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
669primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
670watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
671that address.
672
9742079a
EZ
673@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
674watchpoints:
675
676@table @code
677@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
678@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
679If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
680
681@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
682@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
683Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
684possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
685of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
686not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
687number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
688is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
689are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
690the same time).
691
692@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
693@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
694Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
695whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
696
b6b8ece6 697@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
698@findex target_insert_watchpoint
699@findex target_remove_watchpoint
700@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
701@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
702Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
703@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
704possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
705defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
706
474c8240 707@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
708 enum target_hw_bp_type
709 @{
710 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
711 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
712 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
713 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
714 @};
474c8240 715@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
716
717@noindent
718These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
719
9742079a 720@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
721@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
722If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
723associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
724@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
725this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
726data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
727support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
728primitives.
9742079a 729
9742079a
EZ
730@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
731@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
732If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
733watchpoint to step over it.
734
4a9bb1df
UW
735@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
736@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
737If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
9742079a
EZ
738watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
739
740@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
742If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
743inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
744
745@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
746@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
747If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
748watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
749
750@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
751@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
752Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
753the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
754Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
755the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
756type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
757target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
758the @var{wait_status} argument.
759
760@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
761@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
762determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
763it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
764@end table
765
766@subsection x86 Watchpoints
767@cindex x86 debug registers
768@cindex watchpoints, on x86
769
770The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
771registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
772generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
773support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
774subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
775
776To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
777following:
778
779@itemize @bullet
780@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
781@item
782Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
783target-dependent headers.
784
785@item
786Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
787defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
788
789@item
790Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
791@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
792@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
793
794@item
795Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
796below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
797which does the real work.
798@end itemize
799
800The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
801debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
802real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
803provide:
804
805@table @code
806@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
807@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
808Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
809
810@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
811@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
812Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
813
814@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
815@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
816Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
817number @var{idx}.
818
819@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
820@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
821Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
822used immediately after it is returned by
823@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
824register values.
825@end table
826
827For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
828that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
829to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
830allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
831expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
832wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
833maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
834anything to use this feature.
835
836The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
837bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
838be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
839region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
840@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
841bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
842a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
843region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
844
845The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
846@value{GDBN}'s application code:
847
848@table @code
849@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
850@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
851The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
852this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
853watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
854less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
855processors.
856
857@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
858@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
859The target function
860@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
861This
9742079a
EZ
862function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
863Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
864macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
865set in DR6.
866
ac77d04f
JJ
867@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
868@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
869The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
870is set to call this function. The
871argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
872function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
873Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
874macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
875returned.
876
9742079a
EZ
877@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
878@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
879@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
880@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
881Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
882@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
883are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
884looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
885region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
886reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
887register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
888the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
889value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
890register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
891and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
892inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
893@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
894required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
895each debug register.
896
897@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
898in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
899length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
900values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
901@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
902watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
903decrements the reference count, and only calls
904@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
905the count goes to zero.
906
907@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
908@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
909@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
910@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
911These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
912macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
913@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
914The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
915the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
916These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
917@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
918the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
919hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
920register.
921
922@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
923@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
924This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
925hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 926@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
927address whose watchpoint triggered.
928
929@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
930@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
931This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
932bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
933the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
934@end table
935
936@noindent
937@strong{Notes:}
938@enumerate 1
939@item
940x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
941However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
942@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
943watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
944on x86.
945
946@item
947x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
948only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
949there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
950whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
951current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
952always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
953watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
954unavailable in many platforms.
955@end enumerate
956
5c95884b
MS
957@section Checkpoints
958@cindex checkpoints
959@cindex restart
960In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
961the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
962
963Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
964whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
965state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
966registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
967of open files and devices.
968
969There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 970in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
971method implemented on the target side.
972
973A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
974state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
975not typically include information about external entities such as
976open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
977
978A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
979as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
980is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
981be used on other systems.
982
b247355e 983Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
984method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
985advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
986details of how it is done.
987
988
bcd7e15f
JB
989@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
990@cindex observer pattern interface
991@cindex notifications about changes in internals
992
993In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
994some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
995modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
996hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
997versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
998@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
999a strong limitation.
1000
1001A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1002Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1003a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1004previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1005easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1006interface when adding new notifications.
1007
1008See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1009currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1010implementation is also briefly discussed.
1011
c906108c
SS
1012@node User Interface
1013
1014@chapter User Interface
1015
25822942 1016@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1017is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1018
1019@section Command Interpreter
1020
56caf160 1021@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1022@cindex CLI
25822942 1023The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1024allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1025has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1026a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1027
56caf160
EZ
1028For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1029@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1030to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1031
56caf160
EZ
1032@findex add_cmd
1033@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1034To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1035the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1036place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1037the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1038
40dd2248
TT
1039@findex add_setshow_cmd
1040@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1041To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1042@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1043a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1044further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1045the new command structures for manipulation.
1046
56caf160
EZ
1047@cindex deprecating commands
1048@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1049Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1050deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1051aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1052@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1053return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1054command immediately after it is created.
1055
c72e7388 1056The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1057replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1058@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1059entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1060
0ee54786
EZ
1061@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1062@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1063@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1064
1065@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1066The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1067@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1068interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1069from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1070every UI, to produce output.
1071
1072@subsection Overview and Terminology
1073
1074In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1075of output, and can even generate an input request.
1076
1077Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1078
1079@itemize @bullet
1080@item
1081to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1082
1083@item
1084to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1085operation;
1086
1087@item
1088to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1089progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1090
1091@item
1092to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1093
1094@item
1095to show @emph{debug data};
1096
1097@item
1098to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1099@end itemize
1100
1101@noindent
1102This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1103although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1104
1105Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1106involves one or more of the following:
1107
1108@itemize @bullet
1109@item
1110output of the actual data
1111
1112@item
1113formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1114easily readable by humans
1115
1116@item
1117machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1118parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1119
1120@item
c72e7388
AC
1121annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1122parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1123@end itemize
1124
1125The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1126Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1127of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1128deprecated.
1129
c72e7388
AC
1130Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1131a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1132non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1133header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1134
c72e7388
AC
1135@table @code
1136@item <table> @expansion{}
1137@code{<header> <body>}
1138@item <header> @expansion{}
1139@code{@{ <column> @}}
1140@item <column> @expansion{}
1141@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1142@item <body> @expansion{}
1143@code{@{<row>@}}
1144@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1145
1146
1147@subsection General Conventions
1148
c72e7388
AC
1149Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1150@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1151object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1152
c72e7388
AC
1153The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1154to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1155
c72e7388
AC
1156The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1157When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1158sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1159format.
1160
c72e7388
AC
1161When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1162call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1163
1164
c72e7388 1165@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1166
1167@cindex list output functions
1168@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1169@cindex tuple output functions
1170This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1171tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1172(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1173
c72e7388
AC
1174To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1175containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1176fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1177
c72e7388
AC
1178Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1179rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1180even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1181
1182@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1183Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1184maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1185
1186The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1187
474c8240 1188@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1189 ui_out_table_begin
1190 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1191 @dots{}
0ee54786 1192 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1193 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1194 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1195 @dots{}
1196 ui_out_tuple_end
1197 @dots{}
0ee54786 1198 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1199@end smallexample
0ee54786 1200
c72e7388 1201Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1202functions:
1203
c72e7388
AC
1204@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1205The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1206of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1207function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1208the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1209@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1210pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1211@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1212was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1213
1214The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1215the end of the table's output.
1216@end deftypefun
1217
c72e7388
AC
1218@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1219@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1220table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1221column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1222@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1223
1224The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1225value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1226@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1227center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1228specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1229column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1230call.
0ee54786
EZ
1231@end deftypefun
1232
1233@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1234This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1235@end deftypefun
1236
1237@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1238This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1239after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1240functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1243call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1244will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1245@end deftypefun
1246
c72e7388 1247The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1248call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1249@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1250@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1251calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1252
c72e7388
AC
1253@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1254This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1255to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1256implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1257after the call.
1258@end deftypefun
1259
1260@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1261This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1262one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1263@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1264be signaled.
1265@end deftypefun
1266
1267@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1268This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1269(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1270and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1271cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1272@smallexample
1273struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1274ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1275old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1276 uiout);
1277@end smallexample
1278@end deftypefun
1279
1280@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1281This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1282an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1283implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1284after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1285@end deftypefun
1286
1287@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1288This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1289one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1290@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1291be signaled.
1292@end deftypefun
1293
1294@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1295Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1296opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1297that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1298@end deftypefun
1299
1300@subsection Item Output Functions
1301
1302@cindex item output functions
1303@cindex field output functions
1304@cindex data output
1305The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1306items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1307
1308Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1309
1310@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1311This is the most general output function. It produces the
1312representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1313according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1314@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1315supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1316supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1317
1318This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1319use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1320@end deftypefun
1321
c72e7388 1322@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1323This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1324@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1325the name of the field.
1326@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1327
1328@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1329This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1330@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1331@var{fldname} specifies
1332the name of the field.
1333@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1334
c72e7388 1335@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1336This function outputs an address.
1337@end deftypefun
1338
c72e7388 1339@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1340This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1341specification.
1342@end deftypefun
1343
1344Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1345functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1346@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1347the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1348used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1349of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1350@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1351you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1352@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1353@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1354and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1355constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1356you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1357@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1358
1359@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1360This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1361same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1362passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1363@code{ui_stream} object.
1364@end deftypefun
1365
1366@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1367This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1368@var{streambuf}.
1369@end deftypefun
1370
c72e7388 1371@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1372This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1373@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1374@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1375@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1376the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1377@end deftypefun
1378
1379@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1380out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1381@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1382cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1383skeleton code to do that:
1384
1385@smallexample
1386 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1387 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1388 ...
1389 do_cleanups (old);
1390@end smallexample
1391
1392If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1393of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1394
1395@smallexample
1396 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1397 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1398@end smallexample
1399
1400Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1401@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1402same buffer twice.
1403
1404@subsection Utility Output Functions
1405
c72e7388 1406@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1407This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1408an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1409@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
c72e7388 1412@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1413This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1414easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1415this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1416from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1417
1418Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1419the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1420to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1421string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1422output short messages.
1423@end deftypefun
1424
1425@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1426This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1427text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1428list.
1429@end deftypefun
1430
c72e7388 1431@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1432This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1433verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1434current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1435verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1436setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1437as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1438argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1439@end deftypefun
1440
1441@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1442This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1443of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1444output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1445be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1446accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1447explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1448@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1449@end deftypefun
1450
1451@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1452This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1453the UI buffers output.
1454@end deftypefun
1455
1456
1457@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1458
1459@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1460@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1461This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1462functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1463@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1464@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1465
1466This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1467produce a table.
1468
1469The original code was:
1470
474c8240 1471@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1472 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1473 @{
1474 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1475
1476 annotate_field (0);
1477 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1478 annotate_field (1);
1479 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1480 annotate_field (2);
1481 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1482 annotate_field (3);
1483 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1484 if (addressprint)
1485 @{
1486 annotate_field (4);
1487 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1488 @}
1489 annotate_field (5);
1490 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1491
1492 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1493 @}
474c8240 1494@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1495
1496Here's the new version:
1497
474c8240 1498@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1499 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1500
1501 if (addressprint)
1502 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1503 else
1504 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1505
1506 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1507 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1508 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1509 annotate_field (0);
1510 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1511 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1512 annotate_field (1);
1513 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1514 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1515 annotate_field (2);
1516 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1518 annotate_field (3);
1519 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1520 if (addressprint)
1521 @{
1522 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1523 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1524 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1525 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1526 else
c72e7388
AC
1527 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1528 @}
1529 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1530 annotate_field (5);
1531 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1532 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1534 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1535@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1536
1537This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1538to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1539in the above example. The original code was:
1540
474c8240 1541@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1542 annotate_record ();
1543 annotate_field (0);
1544 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1545 annotate_field (1);
1546 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1547 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1548 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1549 (int)b->type);
1550 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1551 annotate_field (2);
1552 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1553 annotate_field (3);
1554 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1555 @dots{}
474c8240 1556@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1557
1558This is the new version:
1559
474c8240 1560@smallexample
0ee54786 1561 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1562 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1563 annotate_field (0);
1564 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1565 annotate_field (1);
1566 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1567 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1568 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1569 (int) b->type);
1570 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1571 annotate_field (2);
1572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1573 annotate_field (3);
1574 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1575 @dots{}
474c8240 1576@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1577
1578This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1579produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1580functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1581automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1582
474c8240 1583@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1584 annotate_field (5);
1585 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1586@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1587
1588The new version is:
1589
474c8240 1590@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1591 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1592 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1593 ...
1594 annotate_field (5);
1595 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1596 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1597@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1598
1599This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1600@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1601was:
1602
474c8240 1603@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1604 annotate_field (5);
1605 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1606 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1607 else
1608 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1609@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610
1611It became:
1612
474c8240 1613@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1614 annotate_field (5);
1615 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1616 @{
1617 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1618 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1619 @}
1620 else
1621 @{
1622 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1623 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1624 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1625 @}
474c8240 1626@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1627
1628The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1629use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1630code was:
1631
474c8240 1632@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633 annotate_field (5);
1634 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1635 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1636@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1637
1638It became:
1639
474c8240 1640@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1641 annotate_field (5);
1642 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1643 @{
1644 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1645 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1646 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1647 @}
474c8240 1648@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1649
1650Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1651code was:
1652
474c8240 1653@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1654 annotate_field (5);
1655 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1656 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1657@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1658
1659It became:
1660
474c8240 1661@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1662 annotate_field (5);
1663 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1664 @{
1665 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1668 @}
474c8240 1669@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670
1671Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1672
474c8240 1673@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1674 annotate_field (4);
1675 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1676 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1677@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1678
1679It became:
1680
474c8240 1681@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682 annotate_field (4);
1683 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1684@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1685
1686
c906108c
SS
1687@section Console Printing
1688
1689@section TUI
1690
89437448 1691@node libgdb
c906108c 1692
89437448
AC
1693@chapter libgdb
1694
1695@section libgdb 1.0
1696@cindex @code{libgdb}
1697@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1698to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1699
1700@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1701@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1702@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1703better able to support graphical and other environments.
1704
1705Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1706evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1707
1708@itemize @bullet
1709@item
1710Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1711@item
1712Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1713@item
1714Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1715@item
1716Library - @file{gdb.h}
1717@end itemize
1718
1719The model that ties these components together is described below.
1720
1721@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1722
1723A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1724
1725@itemize @bullet
1726@item
1727As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1728@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1729state, etc).
1730@item
1731As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1732obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1733@end itemize
1734
c1468174 1735Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1736the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1737controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1738@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1739before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1740
1741@section CLI support
1742
1743At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1744@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1745their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1746requirements.
1747
1748It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1749(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1750out the theory:
1751
1752@itemize @bullet
1753@item
1754The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1755@item
1756The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1757versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1758@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1759@item
1760The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1761used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1762@end itemize
1763
1764When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1765along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1766the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1767through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1768At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1769virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1770
1771The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1772@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1773client's custom builder).
1774
1775@section @code{libgdb} components
1776
1777@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1778@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1779be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1780observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1781the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1782finished the current command.
1783
1784@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1785@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1786create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1787when doing any queries.
1788
1789@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1790@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1791@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1792loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1793implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1794
1795The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1796@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1797instead of returning.
1798
1799@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1800@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1801the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1802builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1803before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1804
1805@node Symbol Handling
1806
1807@chapter Symbol Handling
1808
25822942 1809Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1810functions, and types.
1811
1812@section Symbol Reading
1813
56caf160
EZ
1814@cindex symbol reading
1815@cindex reading of symbols
1816@cindex symbol files
1817@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1818file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1819debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1820symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1821more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1822reading symbols from shared libraries.
1823
1824@findex find_sym_fns
1825Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1826the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1827of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1828this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1829
1830@findex add_symtab_fns
1831@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1832@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1833Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1834@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1835to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1836name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1837and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1838times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1839prefix.
1840
1841The functions supplied by each module are:
1842
1843@table @code
1844@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1845
56caf160 1846@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1847Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1848symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1849resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1850read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1851might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1852whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1853
1854The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1855@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1856new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1857and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1858information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1859in the @code{private} field.
1860
1861There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1862@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1863
1864@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1865
1866Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1867This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1868state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1869@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1870arguments and no result. It may be called after
1871@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1872may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1873
1874@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1875
1876Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1877symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1878
56caf160 1879@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1880@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1881the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1882address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1883table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1884or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1885@end table
1886
1887In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1888@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1889to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1890from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1891
1892@table @code
1893@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1894
56caf160 1895Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1896the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1897pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1898symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1899@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1900zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1901@end table
1902
1903@section Partial Symbol Tables
1904
56caf160 1905@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1906
1907@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1908@cindex full symbol table
1909@cindex symtabs
1910@item
1911Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1912information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1913
56caf160
EZ
1914@cindex psymtabs
1915@item
1916Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1917information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1918symbol table.
1919
56caf160
EZ
1920@cindex minimal symbol table
1921@cindex minsymtabs
1922@item
1923Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1924gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1925@end itemize
1926
56caf160 1927@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1928This section describes partial symbol tables.
1929
1930A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1931file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1932extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1933need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1934information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1935quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1936pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1937the user.
1938@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1939
1940The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1941visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1942that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1943types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1944
1945The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1946full symbol table would represent.
1947
56caf160
EZ
1948@cindex finding a symbol
1949@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1950The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1951code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1952
1953@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1954@findex find_pc_function
1955@findex find_pc_line
1956@item
c1468174 1957By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1958function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1959range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1960@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1961@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1962
56caf160
EZ
1963@cindex lookup_symbol
1964@item
1965By its name
c1468174 1966(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1967function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1968psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1969have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1970case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1971qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1972local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1973does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1974@end itemize
1975
1976The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1977at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1978while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1979psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1980them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1981either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1982name.
1983
56caf160
EZ
1984It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1985been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1986in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1987all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1988ranges.
c906108c 1989
56caf160 1990The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1991thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1992be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1993bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1994and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1995on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1996unless you want to do a lot more work.
1997
1998@section Types
1999
56caf160 2000@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2001
56caf160 2002@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2003These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2004types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2005into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2006that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2007knows about.
c906108c 2008
56caf160 2009@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2010
56caf160
EZ
2011@cindex type codes
2012Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2013of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2014@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2015which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2016types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2017other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2018or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2019
56caf160 2020@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2021
2022These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2023fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2024use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2025eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2026initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2027@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2028an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2029@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2030only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2031@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2032some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2033
2034@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2035@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2036
2037@subsection a.out
2038
56caf160
EZ
2039@cindex @code{a.out} format
2040The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2041consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2042which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2043respectively.
c906108c 2044
56caf160 2045The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2046place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2047@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2048format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2049symbols with distinctive attributes.
2050
56caf160 2051The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2052
2053@subsection COFF
2054
56caf160 2055@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2056The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2057COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2058number of sections is limited.
2059
2060The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2061was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2062instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2063included file.
2064
2065The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2066
2067@subsection ECOFF
2068
56caf160 2069@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2070ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2071workstations.
2072
2073The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2074
2075@subsection XCOFF
2076
56caf160 2077@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2078The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2079The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2080symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2081@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2082information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2083
2084The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2085shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2086refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2087relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2088using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2089been run (or the core file has been read).
2090
2091@subsection PE
2092
56caf160
EZ
2093@cindex PE-COFF format
2094Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2095executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2096
25822942 2097While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2098COFF reader.
2099
2100@subsection ELF
2101
56caf160 2102@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2103The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2104to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2105many of COFF's limitations.
2106
2107The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2108
2109@subsection SOM
2110
56caf160 2111@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2112SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2113SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2114
1a92f856 2115The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2116
c906108c
SS
2117@section Debugging File Formats
2118
2119This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2120are independent of the object file format.
2121
2122@subsection stabs
2123
56caf160 2124@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2125@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2126format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2127formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2128
2129While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2130including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2131the real work.
2132
2133@subsection COFF
2134
56caf160 2135@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2136The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2137of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2138
2139@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2140
56caf160 2141@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2142ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2143
2144The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2145
c906108c
SS
2146@subsection DWARF 2
2147
56caf160 2148@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2149DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2150
2151The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2152
2153@subsection SOM
2154
56caf160 2155@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2156Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2157
25822942 2158@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2159
56caf160
EZ
2160@cindex adding debugging info reader
2161If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2162there is probably little to be done.
2163
2164If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2165BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2166
2167You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2168debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2169from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2170information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2171internal data structures.
2172
2173For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2174to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2175platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2176will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2177directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2178@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2179
c91d38aa
DJ
2180@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2181
2182Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2183its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2184namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2185
2186Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2187released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2188objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2189they could be unloaded at different times.
2190
2191User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2192these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2193is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2194the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2195
c906108c
SS
2196
2197@node Language Support
2198
2199@chapter Language Support
2200
56caf160
EZ
2201@cindex language support
2202@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2203although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2204manually.
c906108c 2205
56caf160
EZ
2206@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2207of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2208means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2209identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2210
25822942 2211@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2212
56caf160
EZ
2213@cindex adding source language
2214To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2215following steps:
c906108c
SS
2216
2217@table @emph
2218@item Create the expression parser.
2219
56caf160 2220@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2221This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2222building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2223@file{parse.c}.
2224
56caf160 2225@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2226Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2227parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2228@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2229various parsers from defining the same global names:
2230
474c8240 2231@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2232#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2233#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2234#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2235#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2236#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2237#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2238#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2239#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2240#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2241#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2242#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2243#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2244#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2245#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2246#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2247#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2248@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2249
2250At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2251initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2252@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2253@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2254that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2255and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2256@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2257language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2258for more information.
2259
2260@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2261
56caf160
EZ
2262@cindex expression evaluation routines
2263@findex evaluate_subexp
2264@findex prefixify_subexp
2265@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2266If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2267add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2268code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2269defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2270for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2271@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2272the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2273
2274@item Update some existing code
2275
2276Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2277@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2278
2279Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2280These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2281are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2282statement, an error is reported.
2283
56caf160 2284@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2285Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2286@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2287@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2288string.
2289
56caf160 2290@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2291Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2292language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2293dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2294
56caf160 2295@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2296Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2297code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2298This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2299Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2300file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2301information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2302code.
2303
56caf160
EZ
2304@findex print_subexp
2305@findex op_print_tab
2306Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2307expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2308printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2309
2310@item Add a place of call
2311
56caf160 2312@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2313Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2314@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2315
2316@item Use macros to trim code
2317
56caf160 2318@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2319The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2320languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2321@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2322macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2323leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2324using your language.
2325
25822942 2326Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2327is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2328compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2329
56caf160
EZ
2330See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2331for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2332
2333@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2334
2335Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2336variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2337not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2338distribution!
c906108c
SS
2339@end table
2340
2341
2342@node Host Definition
2343
2344@chapter Host Definition
2345
56caf160 2346With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2347definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2348mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2349
2350@section Adding a New Host
2351
56caf160
EZ
2352@cindex adding a new host
2353@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2354@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2355New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2356@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2357below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2358eventually disappear.
c906108c 2359
c906108c 2360@table @file
c906108c 2361@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2362This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2363(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2364configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2365
2366Host configuration information included a definition of
2367@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2368@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2369@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2370
7fd60527
AC
2371New host only configurations do not need this file.
2372
c906108c 2373@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2374This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2375gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2376handled by Autoconf.
2377
2378New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2379
2380@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2381file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2382@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2383also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2384
c906108c
SS
2385@end table
2386
2387@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2388
56caf160 2389@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2390There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2391various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2392defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2393the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2394@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2395
2396Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2397to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2398Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2399into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2400
2401@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2402@cindex remote debugging support
2403@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2404@item ser-unix.c
2405This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2406included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2407variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2408
2409@item ser-go32.c
2410This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2411using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2412
56caf160 2413@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2414@item ser-tcp.c
2415This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2416@end table
2417
2418@section Host Conditionals
2419
56caf160
EZ
2420When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2421defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2422attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2423the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2424they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2425
56caf160 2426@ftable @code
25822942 2427@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2428The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2429@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2430
cce74817
JM
2431@item NO_STD_REGS
2432This macro is deprecated.
2433
c906108c
SS
2434@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2435If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2436of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2437
2438@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2439Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2440the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2441
2442@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2443@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2444Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2445@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2446@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2447on several different types of systems.
2448
2449@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2450@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2451Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2452line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2453characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2454which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2455mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2456
2457@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2458@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2459The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2460
2461@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2462@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2463The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2464
c906108c
SS
2465@item FOPEN_RB
2466Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2467
c906108c 2468@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2469@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2470In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2471tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2472
c906108c
SS
2473@item HAVE_TERMIO
2474Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2475
c906108c 2476@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2477@itemx INT_MIN
2478@itemx LONG_MAX
2479@itemx UINT_MAX
2480@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2481Values for host-side constants.
2482
2483@item ISATTY
2484Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2485
2486@item LONGEST
2487This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2488it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2489@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2490
2491@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2492@cindex @code{long long} data type
2493Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2494by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2495
2496@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2497Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2498the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2499@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2500
2501@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2502Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2503set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2504
2505@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2506Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2507numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2508set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2509
2510@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2511Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2512float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2513@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2514
2515@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2516Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2517@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2518is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2519
2520@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2521This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2522@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2523which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2524
c906108c
SS
2525@item NORETURN
2526If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2527that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2528indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2529if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2530
2531@item ATTR_NORETURN
2532If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2533@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2534of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2535set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2536defined.
2537
c906108c 2538@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2539@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2540Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2541defined.
2542
2543@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2544This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2545@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2546
c906108c
SS
2547@item USG
2548Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2549This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2550@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2551
2552@item lint
56caf160 2553Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2554
2555@item volatile
2556Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2557@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2558@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2559
2560
2561@node Target Architecture Definition
2562
2563@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2564
56caf160
EZ
2565@cindex target architecture definition
2566@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2567machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2568with them.
c906108c 2569
af6c57ea
AC
2570The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2571@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2572using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2573
b6fd0dfb
NR
2574@menu
2575* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2576* Initialize New Architecture::
2577* Registers and Memory::
2578* Pointers and Addresses::
2579* Address Classes::
2580* Raw and Virtual Registers::
2581* Register and Memory Data::
2582* Frame Interpretation::
2583* Inferior Call Setup::
2584* Compiler Characteristics::
2585* Target Conditionals::
2586* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2587@end menu
2588
2589@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2590@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2591@cindex OS ABI variants
2592
2593@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2594ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2595variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2596components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2597
2598A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2599(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2600OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2601to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2602considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2603overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2604architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2605different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2606OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2607examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2608sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2609
2610@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2611A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2612selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2613for each BFD architecture.
2614
f4b3909f 2615The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2616
2617@table @code
2618
f4b3909f
EZ
2619@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2620@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2621Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2622
70f80edf
JT
2623@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2624@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2625The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2626settings for the architecture will be used.
2627
2628@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2629@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2630UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2631
2632@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2633@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2634GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2635
2636@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2637@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2638Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2639
2640@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2641@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2642OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2643
2644@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2645@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2646GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2647
2648@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2649@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2650FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2651
2652@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2653@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2654FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2655
2656@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2657@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2658NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2659
2660@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2661@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2662NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2663
2664@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2665@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2666OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2667
2668@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2669@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2670Windows CE.
70f80edf 2671
1029b7fa
MK
2672@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2673@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2674DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2675
f4b3909f
EZ
2676@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2677@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2678Irix.
2679
f4b3909f
EZ
2680@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2681@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2682Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2683
f4b3909f
EZ
2684@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2685@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2686HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2687
f4b3909f
EZ
2688@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2689@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2690HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2691
f4b3909f
EZ
2692@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2693@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2694QNX Neutrino.
2695
2696@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2697@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2698Cygwin.
2699
2700@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2701@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2702AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2703
2704@end table
2705
2706Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2707
2708@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2709Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2710@end deftypefun
2711
c133ab7a 2712@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2713Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2714architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2715@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2716machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2717will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2718@end deftypefun
2719
2720@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2721Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2722BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2723If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2724be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2725any architecture.
2726@end deftypefun
2727
2728@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2729Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2730The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2731be determined.
2732@end deftypefun
2733
2734@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2735Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2736@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2737corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2738architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2739with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2740@end deftypefun
2741
f4b3909f
EZ
2742@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2743Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2744@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2745from the note. This function should be called via
2746@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2747@end deftypefun
2748
b6fd0dfb 2749@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2750@section Initializing a New Architecture
2751
2752Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2753via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2754registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2755the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2756be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2757are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2758
2759The initialization function has this type:
2760
2761@smallexample
2762static struct gdbarch *
2763@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2764 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2765@end smallexample
2766
2767The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2768architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2769have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2770value.
2771
2772The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2773is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2774search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2775return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2776create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2777
2778Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2779architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2780defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2781However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2782so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2783defaults from @var{arches}.
2784
b6fd0dfb 2785@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
2786@section Registers and Memory
2787
56caf160
EZ
2788@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2789@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2790block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2791
56caf160
EZ
2792@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2793compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2794that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2795to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 2796and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 2797
25822942 2798@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2799
b6fd0dfb 2800@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
2801@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2802@cindex pointer representation
2803@cindex address representation
2804@cindex word-addressed machines
2805@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2806@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2807@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2808@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2809@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2810@cindex D10V addresses
2811
2812On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2813indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2814whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2815machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2816However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2817address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2818identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2819
172c2a43 2820For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2821instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2822actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2823jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2824full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2825If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2826then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2827However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2828low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2829zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2830the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2831refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2832code space.
2833
2834However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2835forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2836@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2837@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2838
2839(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2840affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2841going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2842
56caf160
EZ
2843To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2844one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2845byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2846of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2847@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2848@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2849@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2850and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2851
2852Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2853processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2854each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2855distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2856clean up some architecture-independent code.
2857
2858Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2859
2860@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2861Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2862@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2863appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2864@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2865@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2866inferior's.
2867
2868For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2869extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2870@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2871D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2872@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2873
2874If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2875will signal an internal error.
2876@end deftypefun
2877
2878@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2879Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2880pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2881@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2882inferior's.
2883
2884For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2885stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2886appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2887is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2888a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2889
2890If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2891will signal an internal error.
2892@end deftypefun
2893
f23631e4 2894@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2895Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2896as appropriate for the current architecture.
2897
2898This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2899For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2900described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2901@end deftypefun
2902
2903@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2904Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2905the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2906This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2907above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2908@end deftypefun
2909
4a9bb1df 2910Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
2911relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2912definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2913simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 2914
4a9bb1df 2915@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
2916Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2917appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2918address the pointer refers to.
2919
2920This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2921C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 2922@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 2923
4a9bb1df 2924@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
2925Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2926@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2927
2928This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2929C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 2930@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 2931
b6fd0dfb 2932@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
2933@section Address Classes
2934@cindex address classes
2935@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2936@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2937
2938Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2939via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2940define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2941distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2942info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2943address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2944following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2945types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2946a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2947
4a9bb1df 2948@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
2949Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2950is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2951This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2952@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 2953@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 2954
4a9bb1df 2955@deftypefun char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
2956Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2957its name.
4a9bb1df
UW
2958@end deftypefun
2959@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 2960Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 2961for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 2962@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
2963
2964Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
2965the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
2966functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
2967
2968Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
296932-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2970suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2971uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2972of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 2973to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
2974
2975@smallexample
2976somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2977 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2978@{
b5b0480a
KB
2979 if (byte_size == 2)
2980 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2981 else
2982 return 0;
f2abfe65 2983@}
b5b0480a
KB
2984
2985static char *
2986somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2987@{
b5b0480a
KB
2988 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2989 return "short";
2990 else
2991 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2992@}
b5b0480a
KB
2993
2994int
2995somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2996 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2997@{
b5b0480a 2998 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2999 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3000 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3001 return 1;
f2abfe65 3002 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3003 else
3004 return 0;
f2abfe65 3005@}
b5b0480a
KB
3006@end smallexample
3007
3008The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3009to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3010the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3011short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3012
3013@smallexample
3014(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3015type = int * @@short
3016@end smallexample
3017
93e79dbd 3018
b6fd0dfb 3019@node Raw and Virtual Registers
13d01224
AC
3020@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3021@cindex raw register representation
3022@cindex virtual register representation
3023@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3024
3025@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3026functionality described here has largely been replaced by
3027pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
3028Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3029Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3030Bug Tracking Database} and
3031@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3032up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3033
9fb4dd36
JB
3034Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3035register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3036In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3037the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3038used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3039
13d01224
AC
3040@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3041both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3042register forms.}
3043
9fb4dd36
JB
3044For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3045raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3046However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3047
3048@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3049@item
56caf160 3050The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3051we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3052floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3053are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3054allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3055type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3056arrangement is the virtual representation.
3057
3058@item
25822942
DB
3059Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3060registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3061bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3062raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3063virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3064@end itemize
3065
3066In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3067@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3068can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3069@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3070@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3071
56caf160
EZ
3072Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3073conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3074
3075@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3076Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3077and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3078
3079You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3080unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3081@end deftypefn
3082
12c266ea 3083@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3084The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3085of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3086remote protocol packet.
3087@end deftypefn
3088
f30992d4 3089@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3090The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3091This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3092register's value.
3093@end deftypefn
3094
2e092625 3095@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3096This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3097@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3098register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3099always uses the virtual form.
3100@end deftypefn
3101
3102@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3103Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3104should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3105at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3106convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3107
6f6ef15a
EZ
3108Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3109@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3110arguments in different orders.
3111
3112You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3113for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3114value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3115@end deftypefn
3116
3117@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3118Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3119should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3120at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3121convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3122
3123Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3124their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3125@end deftypefn
3126
3127
b6fd0dfb 3128@node Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3129@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3130@cindex register representation
3131@cindex memory representation
3132@cindex representations, register and memory
3133@cindex register data formats, converting
3134@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3135
3136@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3137significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3138section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3139@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3140@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3141further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3142
3143Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3144form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3145For example:
3146
3147@itemize @bullet
3148
3149@item
3150The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3151floating-point registers.
3152
3153@item
3154The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3155@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3156when stored in a register.
3157
3158@end itemize
3159
3160In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3161the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3162the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3163Interface.
3164
3165For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3166representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3167However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3168following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3169representations of a data type:
3170
4a9bb1df 3171@deftypefun int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224
AC
3172Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3173register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3174when stored in memory.
3175
4a9bb1df
UW
3176When non-zero, the macros @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3177@code{value_to_register} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
3178@end deftypefun
13d01224 3179
4a9bb1df 3180@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3181Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3182@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3183format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3184
4a9bb1df
UW
3185Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3186take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3187
4a9bb1df
UW
3188You should only use @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} with registers for which
3189the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3190@end deftypefun
13d01224 3191
4a9bb1df 3192@deftypefun void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3193Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3194raw format.
3195
4a9bb1df
UW
3196Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3197take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3198
4a9bb1df
UW
3199You should only use @code{gdbarch_value_to_register} with registers for which
3200the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3201@end deftypefun
13d01224
AC
3202
3203@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3204See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3205@end deftypefn
3206
b6fd0dfb 3207@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3208@section Frame Interpretation
3209
b6fd0dfb 3210@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c
SS
3211@section Inferior Call Setup
3212
b6fd0dfb 3213@node Compiler Characteristics
c906108c
SS
3214@section Compiler Characteristics
3215
b6fd0dfb 3216@node Target Conditionals
c906108c
SS
3217@section Target Conditionals
3218
4a9bb1df
UW
3219This section describes the macros and functions that you can use to define the
3220target machine.
c906108c
SS
3221
3222@table @code
3223
4a9bb1df
UW
3224@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
3225@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 3226If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
3227really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
3228@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
3229in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
3230
3231For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
32322.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3233instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3234boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
3235address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
3236example look like that:
3237@smallexample
3238arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
3239@{
3240 return (addr &= ~0x3);
3241@}
3242@end smallexample
c906108c 3243
4a9bb1df
UW
3244@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3245@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3246If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3247referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3248and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3249return 0.
3250
3251The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3252@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3253possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3254@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3255
4a9bb1df
UW
3256@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3257@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
3258Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
3259has been defined.
3260
4a9bb1df
UW
3261@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3262@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3263Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3264the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3265used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3266returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3267@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3268values or'd together.
3269@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3270
4a9bb1df
UW
3271@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3272@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
3273Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
3274been defined.
3275
4a9bb1df
UW
3276@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
3277@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
3278Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3279flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3280
4a9bb1df
UW
3281@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
3282@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
3283Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3284@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3285
4a9bb1df
UW
3286@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
3287@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
3288Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3289@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 3290This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3291C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3292@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3293
4a9bb1df
UW
3294@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
3295@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
3296Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
3297parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3298original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3299
c906108c 3300@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3301@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3302Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3303endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3304are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3305
3306@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3307@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3308This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3309memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3310instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3311pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3312longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3313
56caf160 3314@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 3315@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3316
c906108c 3317@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3318@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3319@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3320@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3321Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3322
56caf160 3323@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 3324favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3325
4a9bb1df
UW
3326@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3327@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
3328@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42
AC
3329contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3330a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3331length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3332counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3333breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3334
3335Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3336not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3337instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3338instruction of the architecture.
3339
7a292a7a
SS
3340Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3341
4a9bb1df
UW
3342@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3343@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3344@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
3345@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
3346Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3347(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3348@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
3349provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
3350architectures. Architectures which may want to set
3351@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
3352conventional manner.
3353
3354It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3355custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 3356@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3357reason.
3358
4a9bb1df
UW
3359@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
3360@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
3361@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3362Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3363address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3364breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3365
3366The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3367The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3368instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3369instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3370one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3371in parallel.
3372
3373In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3374from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3375information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3376refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3377if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3378statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3379instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3380(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3381in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3382at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3383
4a9bb1df 3384The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
3385breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3386the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3387
3388Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3389expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3390is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3391
4a9bb1df
UW
3392@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
3393@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 3394See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3395
4a9bb1df
UW
3396This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
3397(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 3398
4a9bb1df
UW
3399@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
3400@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
3401This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
c906108c
SS
3402from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3403@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3404
4a9bb1df
UW
3405@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
3406@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
3407This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 3408written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
3409status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
3410default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3411
4a9bb1df
UW
3412@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
3413@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
13d01224
AC
3414Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3415non-standard form.
3416@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3417
4a9bb1df
UW
3418@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
3419@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
3420This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 3421program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3422@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3423
56caf160
EZ
3424@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3425@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3426If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3427library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3428
5fc14d0a 3429@item void gdbarch_print_float_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
4a9bb1df 3430@findex gdbarch_print_float_info
5e74b15c
RE
3431If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3432the processor's floating point unit.
3433
4a9bb1df
UW
3434@item void gdbarch_print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3435@findex gdbarch_print_registers_info
0ab7a791
AC
3436If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3437specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3438either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3439registers (@var{all} is zero).
3440
3441The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3442zero omits floating-point registers.
3443
4a9bb1df
UW
3444@item int gdbarch_print_vector_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
3445@findex gdbarch_print_vector_info
e76f1f2e
AC
3446If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3447to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3448
3449By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3450registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3451
4a9bb1df
UW
3452@item int gdbarch_dwarf_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf_regnr})
3453@findex gdbarch_dwarf_reg_to_regnum
3454Convert DWARF register number @var{dwarf_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3455not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3456
4a9bb1df
UW
3457@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
3458@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
3459Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
3460If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3461
4a9bb1df
UW
3462@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
3463@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
3464Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3465not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 3466
4a9bb1df
UW
3467@item void gdbarch_extract_return_value (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3468@findex gdbarch_extract_return_value
c906108c
SS
3469Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3470the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3471into @var{valbuf}.
3472
92ad9cd9
AC
3473This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3474(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3475
74055713
AC
3476@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3477@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3478@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3479When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3480register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3481its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3482
92ad9cd9 3483@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3484
74055713
AC
3485@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3486@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3487Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3488
0ba6dca9
AC
3489@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3490@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3491If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3492macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3493
0ba6dca9
AC
3494This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3495is not defined.
c906108c 3496
19772a2c
AC
3497@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3498@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3499Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3500represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3501Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3502
4a9bb1df 3503@item CORE_ADDR frame_align (@var{gdbarch}, @var{address})
790eb8f5
AC
3504@anchor{frame_align}
3505@findex frame_align
3506Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3507requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3508alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
5fc14d0a 3509stack alignment requirements.
790eb8f5
AC
3510
3511This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3512the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3513value are correctly aligned.
3514
5fc14d0a
EZ
3515This function always adjusts the address in the direction of stack
3516growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3517
3518By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3519
4a9bb1df
UW
3520@item int gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size (@var{gdbarch})
3521@findex gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size
8b148df9
AC
3522The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3523@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3524allocating extra stack space).
3525
3526When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3527modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
4a9bb1df 3528@var{gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
8b148df9
AC
3529stack.
3530
3531By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3532(@pxref{frame_align}).
3533
3534The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3535@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3536@cindex red zone
3537
618ce49f
AC
3538@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3539@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3540Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3541
618ce49f
AC
3542@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3543@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3544Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3545outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3546situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3547chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3548startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3549@code{_start}.
c906108c 3550
f30ee0bc
AC
3551@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3552@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3553See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3554current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3555@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3556@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3557@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3558
fb8f8949 3559@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3560
4a9bb1df
UW
3561@item int gdbarch_frame_num_args (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
3562@findex gdbarch_frame_num_args
3563For the frame described by @var{frame} return the number of arguments that
392a587b
JM
3564are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3565@code{-1}.
c906108c 3566
8bedc050
AC
3567@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3568@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3569@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3570saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063 3571
4a9bb1df 3572This method is deprecated. @xref{gdbarch_unwind_pc}.
12cc2063 3573
4a9bb1df
UW
3574@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_pc (@var{next_frame})
3575@findex gdbarch_unwind_pc
3576@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in
3577@var{next_frame}'s caller, at which execution will resume after
3578@var{next_frame} returns. This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3579
3580The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3581is typically no more than:
3582
3583@smallexample
3584ULONGEST pc;
4a9bb1df
UW
3585pc = frame_unwind_unsigned_register (next_frame, S390_PC_REGNUM);
3586return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
12cc2063
AC
3587@end smallexample
3588
3589@noindent
8bedc050 3590@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3591
4a9bb1df
UW
3592@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_sp (@var{gdbarch}, @var{next_frame})
3593@findex gdbarch_unwind_sp
3594@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3595commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3596
3597The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3598is typically no more than:
3599
3600@smallexample
3601ULONGEST sp;
4a9bb1df
UW
3602sp = frame_unwind_unsigned_register (next_frame, S390_SP_REGNUM);
3603return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
a9e5fdc2
AC
3604@end smallexample
3605
3606@noindent
3607@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3608
c906108c 3609@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3610@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3611For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3612function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3613@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3614function's epilogue.
3615
782263ab
AC
3616@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3617@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3618An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3619used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3620function's first genuine instruction.
3621
3622This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3623the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3624example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3625indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3626VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3627appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3628function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3629@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3630
c906108c 3631@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3632@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3633@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3634@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3635If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3636look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3637are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3638respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3639
4a9bb1df
UW
3640@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
3641@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
c906108c
SS
3642For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3643DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3644the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3645
56caf160
EZ
3646This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3647assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3648@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3649pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3650
268e2188
AC
3651@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3652@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3653Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3654conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3655feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3656repenting at leisure.
3657
9742079a
EZ
3658@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3659An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3660support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3661
4a9bb1df
UW
3662@item int gdbarch_inner_than (@var{gdbarch}, @var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3663@findex gdbarch_inner_than
c906108c 3664Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
4a9bb1df
UW
3665stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Let the function return
3666@w{@code{lhs < rhs}} if the target's stack grows downward in memory, or
3667@w{@code{lhs > rsh}} if the stack grows upward.
c906108c 3668
4a9bb1df 3669@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 3670@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 3671Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
3672The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3673the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3674final `return from function call' instruction.
3675
4a9bb1df
UW
3676@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
3677@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
3678Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
3679trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3680
56caf160
EZ
3681@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3682@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
4a9bb1df 3683Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
3684dynamic linker.
3685
56caf160
EZ
3686@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3687@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3688Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3689should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3690function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3691to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3692stepping will suffice.
3693
4a9bb1df
UW
3694@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3695@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
3696@cindex converting integers to addresses
3697Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3698conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3699the current architectures conventions.
3700
3701@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3702their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3703@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3704computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3705major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3706other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3707conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3708out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3709to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3710disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 3711method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
3712@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3713
3714@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3715Addresses}.
3716
4a9bb1df
UW
3717@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3718@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
3719Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3720appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3721address the pointer refers to.
3722@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3723
4a9bb1df
UW
3724@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
3725@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
3726Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3727@var{type}.
4281a42e 3728@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3729
617073a9
AC
3730@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3731@findex register_reggroup_p
3732@cindex register groups
3733Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3734group @var{reggroup}.
3735
3736By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3737
3738@table @code
3739@item float_reggroup
3740Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3741@item vector_reggroup
3742Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3743@item general_reggroup
3744Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3745floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3746@item save_reggroup
3747@itemx restore_reggroup
3748@itemx all_reggroup
3749Any register with a valid name.
3750@end table
3751
f30992d4
AC
3752@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3753@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3754Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3755register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3756Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3757@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3758
2e092625 3759@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3760@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3761Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3762@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3763
77e7e267
AC
3764@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3765@findex register_type
3766If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
d3e8051b 3767supersedes @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3768Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3769
9fb4dd36 3770@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3771@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3772Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3773form.
13d01224 3774@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3775
3776@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3777@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3778Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3779form.
13d01224 3780@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3781
0ab4b752
MK
3782@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3783@findex regset_from_core_section
3784Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3785@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3786
b0ed3589 3787@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3788@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3789Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3790mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3791
d3e8051b 3792@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3793@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3794A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3795@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3796the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3797for examples.
3798
da59e081 3799@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3800@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3801Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3802debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3803them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3804address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3805linking faster.
3806
3807@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3808hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3809entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3810the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3811segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3812
3813@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3814
56caf160 3815@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3816@item
3817@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3818addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3819the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3820linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3821name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3822the address.
3823
3824@item
3825@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3826@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3827and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3828them.
da59e081
JM
3829@end itemize
3830
4a9bb1df
UW
3831@item int gdbarch_pc_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3832@findex gdbarch_pc_regnum
3833If the program counter is kept in a register, then let this function return
3834the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
c906108c 3835
4a9bb1df
UW
3836This should only need to be defined if @code{gdbarch_read_pc} and
3837@code{gdbarch_write_pc} are not defined.
2df3850c 3838
4a9bb1df
UW
3839@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3840@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
a38c9fe6 3841@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
4a9bb1df
UW
3842@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
3843nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
3844instead of value.
a38c9fe6 3845
ee206350
AG
3846This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3847(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3848
c906108c 3849@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3850@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3851A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3852
4a9bb1df
UW
3853@item gdbarch_ps_regnum (@var{gdbarch}
3854@findex gdbarch_ps_regnum
3855If defined, this function returns the number of the processor status
3856register.
3857(This definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
c906108c 3858
4a9bb1df
UW
3859@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
3860@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
b81774d8 3861@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
4a9bb1df
UW
3862@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3863the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
3864code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
3865the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3866
86fe4aaa 3867@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3868function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3869
b24da7d0 3870Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3871
3872This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3873
4a9bb1df
UW
3874@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
3875@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
3876@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
3877instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3878called function should return.
3879
3880Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3881should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3882the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3883
3884By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3885(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3886reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3887
4a9bb1df 3888This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}} and
28954179 3889@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3890
4a9bb1df
UW
3891@item const char *gdbarch_register_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnr})
3892@findex gdbarch_register_name
3893Return the name of register @var{regnr} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3894to indicate that @var{regnr} is not a valid register.
c906108c 3895
8e823e25
MK
3896@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3897@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3898@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3899given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3900
4a9bb1df
UW
3901This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr}
3902(@pxref{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3903
b24da7d0
AC
3904@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3905@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3906@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3907notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
d3e8051b 3908passed to the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
b24da7d0 3909after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
4a9bb1df 3910allocated on the stack. @xref{gdbarch_unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3911
4a9bb1df
UW
3912@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
3913@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
3914Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
3915regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 3916
963e2bb7 3917@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3918@findex gdbarch_return_value
3919@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3920type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3921would use.
3922
3923@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3924@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3925in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3926value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3927passed in as the function's first parameter.
3928
963e2bb7
AC
3929If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3930non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3931@var{regcache}.
3932
963e2bb7 3933If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3934non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3935@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3936just returned function).
3937
74055713 3938@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
3939return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3940
3941@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3942store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3943the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3944@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3945instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3946return-value extract and store.}
3947
3948@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3949parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3950that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3951then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 3952@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
3953
3954@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3955to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3956@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3957limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3958
4a9bb1df
UW
3959@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
3960@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 3961Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3962steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3963re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3964hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
3965doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
3966processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
3967This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
3968of a branch or jump.
3969
4a9bb1df
UW
3970@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_prologue (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ip})
3971@findex gdbarch_skip_prologue
3972A function that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3973function entry prologue found at @var{ip}.
c906108c 3974
4a9bb1df
UW
3975@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
3976@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 3977If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 3978the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
3979that is at the start of the real function.
3980
4a9bb1df
UW
3981@item int gdbarch_sp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3982@findex gdbarch_sp_regnum
3983If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then use this function to return
6c0e89ed
AC
3984the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3985there is no such register.
c906108c 3986
4a9bb1df
UW
3987@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
3988@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
3989Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
3990regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
3991
3992@item void gdbarch_store_return_value (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
3993@findex gdbarch_store_return_value
3994A function that writes the function return value, found in
ebba8386
AC
3995@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
3996value that is to be returned.
c906108c 3997
92ad9cd9
AC
3998This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3999(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4000
c906108c 4001@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4002@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4003The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4004current sources.)
4005
c906108c 4006@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4007@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4008Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4009
4a9bb1df
UW
4010@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4011@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4012Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4013it should be unsigned.
4014
4015The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4016equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4017character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4018Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4019on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4020
4a9bb1df
UW
4021@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4022@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4023Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4024
4a9bb1df
UW
4025@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4026@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4027Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4028
4a9bb1df
UW
4029@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4030@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4031Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4032
4a9bb1df
UW
4033@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4034@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4035Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4036
4a9bb1df
UW
4037@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4038@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4039Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4040defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4041
4042@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4043@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4044Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4045@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4046
4047@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4048@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4049Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4050@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4051
4052@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4053@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4054Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4055
4056@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_read_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4057@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4058@itemx gdbarch_write_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache}, @var{val})
4059@findex gdbarch_write_pc
4060@anchor{gdbarch_write_pc}
56caf160
EZ
4061@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4062@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4063@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4064@findex TARGET_READ_FP
4a9bb1df
UW
4065@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4066@findex gdbarch_write_pc
56caf160 4067@findex read_sp
56caf160 4068@findex read_fp
4a9bb1df
UW
4069@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{gdbarch_read_pc},
4070@code{gdbarch_write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4071left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4072functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c 4073
4a9bb1df
UW
4074These macros and functions are useful when a target keeps one of these
4075registers in a hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register
4076and part in an ordinary register.
c906108c 4077
4a9bb1df 4078@xref{gdbarch_unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
a9e5fdc2 4079
4a9bb1df
UW
4080@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4081@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
0ba6dca9
AC
4082Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4083pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4084are not used, a default definition simply returns
4085@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4086
9742079a
EZ
4087@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4088If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4089watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4090other related macros.
4091
4a9bb1df
UW
4092@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4093@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4094This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4095instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
7ccaa899
EZ
4096debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4097a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4098accessor function for the global pointer
4099@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4100the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4101@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4102@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4103decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4104
4a9bb1df
UW
4105@item frame_id gdbarch_unwind_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4106@findex gdbarch_unwind_dummy_id
4107@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4108frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4109frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4110previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4111@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4112
b5622e8d
AC
4113@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4114@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4115If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4116given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4117allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4118being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4119for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4120other compilers.
4121
92ad9cd9
AC
4122This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4123(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4124
4a9bb1df
UW
4125@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4126@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
4127Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
4128@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4129
56caf160
EZ
4130@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4131@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
4132For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
4133declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
4134nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 4135@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
4136presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
4137@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
4138
c906108c
SS
4139@end table
4140
4141Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4142
56caf160 4143@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4144@item BPT_VECTOR
4145Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4146not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4147
4148@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4149Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 4150
4a9bb1df
UW
4151@item const char *gdbarch_name_of_malloc (@var{gdbarch})
4152@findex gdbarch_name_of_malloc
a23a7bf1
JB
4153A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4154allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4155
56caf160 4156@end ftable
c906108c 4157
b6fd0dfb 4158@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
4159@section Adding a New Target
4160
56caf160 4161@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4162The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4163
4164@table @file
56caf160 4165@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4166@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4167Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4168object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4169@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4170the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4171tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4172
4173You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4174but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4175future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4176
c906108c
SS
4177@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4178Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4179some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4180@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4181as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4182function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4183and debug.
4184
af6c57ea
AC
4185@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4186@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4187This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4188processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4189@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4190the same processor.
4191
4192@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4193(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4194macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4195format and instructions.
4196
4197New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4198
c906108c
SS
4199@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4200This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4201processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4202@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4203same processor.
4204
af6c57ea
AC
4205New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4206
c906108c
SS
4207@end table
4208
4209If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4210@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4211facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4212instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4213that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4214@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4215
123dc839
DJ
4216@node Target Descriptions
4217@chapter Target Descriptions
4218@cindex target descriptions
4219
4220The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4221contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4222some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4223instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4224@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4225more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4226directly.
4227
4228For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4229target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4230Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4231topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4232
4233@menu
4234* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4235* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4236@end menu
4237
4238@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4239@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4240@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4241
4242Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4243an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4244reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4245new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4246
4247A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4248@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4249@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4250the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
425164-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4252
4253If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4254incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4255@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4256architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4257new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4258a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4259of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4260properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4261see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4262
4263@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4264@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4265@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4266
4267Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4268instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4269specific routines to support this.
4270
4271A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4272set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4273with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4274responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4275everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4276mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4277standard registers.
4278
4279If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4280registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4281
4282@itemize @bullet
4283
4284@item
4285Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4286searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4287
4288@item
4289Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4290
4291@item
4292Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4293to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4294
4295@item
4296Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4297feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4298the description was incomplete.
4299
4300@item
4301Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4302is called.
4303
4304@item
4305Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4306fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4307
4308@item
4309Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4310returning it.
4311
4312@end itemize
4313
4314After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4315@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4316routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4317the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4318for any additional registers in the description.
4319
4320Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4321
4322@itemize @bullet
4323
4324@item
4325Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4326constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4327as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4328pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4329which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4330can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4331@code{num_regs} instead.
4332
4333@item
4334The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4335architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4336@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4337@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4338describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4339internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4340gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4341
4342@end itemize
4343
4344
c906108c
SS
4345@node Target Vector Definition
4346
4347@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4348@cindex target vector
c906108c 4349
56caf160
EZ
4350The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4351abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4352actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4353@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4354each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4355
52bb452f
DJ
4356@menu
4357* Managing Execution State::
4358* Existing Targets::
4359@end menu
4360
4361@node Managing Execution State
4362@section Managing Execution State
4363@cindex execution state
4364
4365A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4366stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4367manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4368inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4369active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4370when the target has exited or not yet started.
4371
4372For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4373not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4374accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4375program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4376remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4377are directed to the simulator.
4378
4379A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4380onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4381@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4382@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4383
4384A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4385still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4386@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4387call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4388in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4389after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4390time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4391@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4392@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4393@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4394@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4395target to inactive state.
4396
4397@node Existing Targets
4398@section Existing Targets
4399@cindex targets
4400
4401@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4402
4403Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4404
52bb452f 4405@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4406
56caf160
EZ
4407@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4408that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4409@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4410systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4411
56caf160
EZ
4412The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4413your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4414SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4415program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4416
4417The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4418@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4419
4420@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4421@item
4422%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4423
56caf160
EZ
4424@item
4425traps are disabled;
c906108c 4426
56caf160
EZ
4427@item
4428you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4429@end enumerate
4430
4431As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4432is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4433The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4434hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4435which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4436set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4437first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4438
4439For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4440``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4441and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4442controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4443trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4444do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4445of the debugger/stub.
4446
4447From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4448They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4449
52bb452f 4450@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4451
52bb452f 4452@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4453
52bb452f 4454@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4455
52bb452f 4456@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4457
4458
4459@node Native Debugging
4460
4461@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4462@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4463
25822942 4464Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4465
4466@table @file
56caf160 4467@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4468@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4469Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4470machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4471native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4472Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4473@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4474define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4475@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4476
7fd60527
AC
4477@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4478originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4479on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4480purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4481eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4482suffix.}
4483
c906108c 4484@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4485(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4486macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4487child process control and core file support.
4488
4489@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4490Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4491this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4492@end table
4493
4494There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4495various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4496defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4497the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4498@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4499
4500Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4501to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4502Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4503into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4504
4505@table @file
c906108c
SS
4506@item inftarg.c
4507This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4508processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4509
4510@item procfs.c
4511This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4512processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4513
4514@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4515This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4516and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4517
4518@item infptrace.c
4519This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4520the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4521@end table
4522
4523@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4524@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4525
4526@table @file
56caf160 4527@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4528@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4529Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4530@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4531files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4532just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4533@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4534
4535@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4536If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4537@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4538set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4539register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4540``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4541@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4542use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4543you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4544to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4545@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4546the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4547@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4548@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4549implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4550@end table
4551
25822942 4552When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4553possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4554code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4555@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4556machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4557(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4558@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4559exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4560modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4561section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4562segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4563information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4564sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4565section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4566standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4567around in.
4568
25822942 4569Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4570@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4571@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4572It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4573its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4574segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4575register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4576
4577If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4578format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4579reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4580
4581@section ptrace
4582
4583@section /proc
4584
4585@section win32
4586
4587@section shared libraries
4588
4589@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4590@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4591
56caf160
EZ
4592When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4593defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4594target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4595undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4596
1f6d4158
AC
4597@table @code
4598
c906108c 4599@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4600@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4601If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4602define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4603a read from the child.
4604
4605[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4606currently.]
4607
4608@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4609@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4610Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4611@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4612@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4613@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4614routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4615
4a9bb1df
UW
4616@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4617@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4618This functions normally returns the number of the first floating
c906108c 4619point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4620appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4621to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4622
4a9bb1df
UW
4623@item int gdbarch_get_longjmp_target (@var{gdbarch})
4624@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
c906108c
SS
4625For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4626DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4627@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4628
4a9bb1df 4629This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4630assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4631@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4632pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4633
9742079a
EZ
4634@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4635An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4636support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4637
c906108c 4638@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4639@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4640Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4641user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4642
4643@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4644@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4645Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4646defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4647definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4648
c906108c 4649@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4650@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4651If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4652inferior.
4653
4654@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4655@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4656If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4657Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4658
990f9fe3 4659@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4660@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4661Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4662@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4663@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4664processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4665
4666@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4667@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4668Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4669want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4670
4671@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4672@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4673When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4674twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4675the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4676number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4677expand into the number expected.
4678
c906108c 4679@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4680@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4681See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c 4682
c906108c
SS
4683@end table
4684
c906108c
SS
4685@node Support Libraries
4686
4687@chapter Support Libraries
4688
4689@section BFD
56caf160 4690@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4691
25822942 4692BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4693
4694@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4695@item identifying executable and core files
4696BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4697several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4698
4699@item access to sections of files
4700BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4701sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4702(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4703calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4704length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4705
4706@item specialized core file support
4707BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4708core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4709file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4710file.
4711
4712@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4713@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4714symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4715handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4716symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4717string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4718@end table
4719
4720@section opcodes
56caf160 4721@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4722
25822942 4723The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4724library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4725
4726@section readline
86f04699
EZ
4727@cindex readline library
4728The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
4729that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
4730
4731@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4732@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4733
4734The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4735that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4736systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4737groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4738environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4739a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4740functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4741beyond standard functions).
4742
4743@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4744library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4745floating format support functions, the input options parser
4746@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4747
4748@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4749@cindex @code{obstacks}
4750
4751The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4752chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4753like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4754allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 4755@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
4756@code{obstacks}).
4757
4758The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4759object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4760representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4761these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4762symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4763fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 4764offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
4765string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4766information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4767unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4768various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4769names of types.
4770
4771An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4772that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 4773various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
4774once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4775function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4776deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4777start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4778@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4779obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4780happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4781is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4782obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4783@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4784else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4785use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4786
4787Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4788under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4789longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4790when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4791new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4792
4793@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4794@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4795
4796Regex conditionals.
4797
4798@table @code
c906108c
SS
4799@item C_ALLOCA
4800
4801@item NFAILURES
4802
4803@item RE_NREGS
4804
4805@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4806
4807@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4808
4809@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4810
4811@item Sword
4812
4813@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4814@end table
4815
350da6ee
DJ
4816@section Array Containers
4817@cindex Array Containers
4818@cindex VEC
4819
4820Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
4821objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 4822and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
4823and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
4824inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
4825Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
4826
4827An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
4828The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
4829the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
4830bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
4831accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
4832but implemented in C.
4833
4834Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
4835and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
4836these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
4837pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
4838stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
4839dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
4840object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
4841elements are returned by value.
4842
4843There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
4844returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
4845variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
4846the address-of can be optimized away.
4847
4848The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
4849are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
4850itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
4851--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
4852field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
4853use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
4854such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
4855the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
4856(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
4857@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
4858minimal space in the structure containing them.
4859
4860Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
4861available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
4862that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
4863(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
4864needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
4865If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
4866to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
4867@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
4868elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
4869too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
4870but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
4871is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
4872can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
4873
4874You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
4875remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
4876in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
4877operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
4878There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
4879ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
4880@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
4881into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
4882@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
4883the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
4884
4885If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
4886accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
4887@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
4888vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
4889
4890Vector types are defined using a
4891@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
4892type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
4893characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
4894@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
4895(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
4896awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
4897check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
4898@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
4899that is not possible in plain C.
4900
4901An example of their use would be,
4902
4903@smallexample
4904DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
4905
4906struct my_struct @{
4907 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
4908@};
4909
4910struct my_struct *s;
4911
4912if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
4913VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
4914for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
4915 @{ do something with elt @}
4916
4917@end smallexample
4918
4919The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
4920accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
4921
4922@table @code
4923@item VEC_length
4924Return the number of items in the array,
4925
4926@item VEC_empty
4927Return true if the array has no elements.
4928
4929@item VEC_last
4930@itemx VEC_index
4931Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
4932
4933@item VEC_iterate
4934Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
4935traversed.
4936
4937@item VEC_alloc
4938@itemx VEC_free
4939Create and destroy an array.
4940
4941@item VEC_embedded_size
4942@itemx VEC_embedded_init
4943Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
4944
4945@item VEC_copy
4946Duplicate an array.
4947
4948@item VEC_space
4949Return the amount of free space in an array.
4950
4951@item VEC_reserve
4952Ensure a certain amount of free space.
4953
4954@item VEC_quick_push
4955@itemx VEC_safe_push
4956Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
4957sure that it is.
4958
4959@item VEC_pop
4960Remove the last item from an array.
4961
4962@item VEC_truncate
4963Remove several items from the end of an array.
4964
4965@item VEC_safe_grow
4966Add several items to the end of an array.
4967
4968@item VEC_replace
4969Overwrite an item in the array.
4970
4971@item VEC_quick_insert
4972@itemx VEC_safe_insert
4973Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
4974already exist, or the space is created.
4975
4976@item VEC_ordered_remove
4977@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
4978Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
4979
4980@item VEC_block_remove
4981Remove a set of items from the array.
4982
4983@item VEC_address
4984Provide the address of the first element.
4985
4986@item VEC_lower_bound
4987Binary search the array.
4988
4989@end table
4990
c906108c
SS
4991@section include
4992
4993@node Coding
4994
4995@chapter Coding
4996
4997This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4998algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4999
5000@section Cleanups
56caf160 5001@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5002
5003Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5004later.
c906108c 5005
cc1cb004
AC
5006When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5007@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5008the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5009cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5010and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5011is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5012cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5013created.
c906108c
SS
5014
5015Syntax:
5016
5017@table @code
c906108c
SS
5018@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5019Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5020
56caf160 5021@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5022@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5023Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5024@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5025handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5026@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5027@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5028from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5029
56caf160 5030@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5031@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5032Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5033@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5034
5035@findex discard_cleanups
5036@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5037Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5038the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5039@end table
5040
5041Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5042@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5043later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5044performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5045
474c8240 5046@smallexample
c906108c 5047make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5048@{
5049 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5050 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5051 ...
5052 do_cleanups (old);
5053@}
474c8240 5054@end smallexample
56caf160 5055
c906108c 5056@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5057will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5058cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5059be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5060
5061Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5062Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5063will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5064to two common cleanup styles.
5065
5066The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5067@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5068code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5069code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5070called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5071@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5072
474c8240 5073@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5074struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5075data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5076make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5077... blah blah ...
5078do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5079@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5080
5081The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5082@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5083any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5084code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5085an error:
5086
474c8240 5087@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5088FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5089struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5090... blah blah ...
5091discard_cleanups (old);
5092return file;
474c8240 5093@end smallexample
c906108c 5094
c1468174 5095Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5096that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5097means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5098interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5099functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5100@samp{longjmp} instead).
5101
ba8c9337
AC
5102@section Per-architecture module data
5103@cindex per-architecture module data
5104@cindex multi-arch data
5105@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5106
fc989b7a
AC
5107The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5108specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5109architecture object.
5110
5111A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5112
5113@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5114@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5115per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5116in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5117architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5118and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5119@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5120
fc989b7a
AC
5121@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5122@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5123per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5124always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5125initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5126per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5127other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5128create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5129@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5130
fc989b7a
AC
5131These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5132identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5133
fc989b7a 5134The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5135
fc989b7a
AC
5136@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5137Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5138@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5139or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5140current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5141pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5142corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5143@end deftypefun
5144
fc989b7a 5145The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5146
5147@smallexample
e7f16015 5148struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5149static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5150@end smallexample
5151
fc989b7a
AC
5152A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5153per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5154per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5155creation.
ba8c9337 5156
fc989b7a
AC
5157In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5158architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5159from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5160
5161@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5162static void *
5163nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5164@{
fc989b7a
AC
5165 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5166 return data;
5167@}
ba8c9337
AC
5168@end smallexample
5169
ba8c9337 5170@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5171extern void
5172set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5173@{
ba8c9337 5174 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5175 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5176@}
5177@end smallexample
5178
fc989b7a
AC
5179A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5180using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5181
fc989b7a
AC
5182In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5183@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5184architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5185
5186@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5187static void *
5188nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5189@{
fc989b7a
AC
5190 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5191 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5192 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5193@}
5194@end smallexample
5195
5196@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5197extern int
5198nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5199@{
fc989b7a
AC
5200 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5201 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5202@}
5203@end smallexample
5204
c906108c 5205@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5206@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5207
56caf160 5208@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5209Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5210or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5211added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5212routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5213exceeded.
5214
5215The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5216printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5217away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5218@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5219@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5220return!
5221
56caf160 5222It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5223space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5224indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5225the line wraps there.
5226
5227Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5228finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5229to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5230print warnings are a good example.
5231
25822942 5232@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5233@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5234
25822942 5235@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5236@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5237FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5238of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5239but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5240
56caf160
EZ
5241@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5242@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5243
af6c57ea 5244
b9aa90c9 5245@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5246
b9aa90c9
AC
5247@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5248compiler.
af6c57ea 5249
b9aa90c9 5250@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5251
5252
5253@subsection Memory Management
5254
5255@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5256@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5257
5258@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5259@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5260these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5261they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5262@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5263
5264@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5265memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5266behavior.}
5267
5268@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5269
5270@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5271memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5272free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5273
5274@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5275@code{NULL} pointer.}
5276
5277@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5278allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5279
5280@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5281restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5282
5283@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5284function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5285
5286@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5287functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5288errors.}
5289
5290
5291@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5292@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5293
aa79a185
DJ
5294With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5295@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5296are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5297building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5298
5299This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5300with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5301from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5302
5303The current list of warning flags includes:
5304
5305@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5306@item -Wall
5307Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5308
aa79a185 5309@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5310
aa79a185
DJ
5311@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5312code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5313
aa79a185 5314@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5315
aa79a185
DJ
5316@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5317Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5318might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5319Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5320@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5321but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5322
7be93b9e
JB
5323@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5324In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5325assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5326signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5327carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5328the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5329worth the time it would take.
5330
aa79a185
DJ
5331@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5332Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5333unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5334@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5335it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5336is being used.
5337
5338@item -Wno-unused
5339@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 5340@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
5341These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5342currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5343
aa79a185 5344@end table
c906108c
SS
5345
5346@subsection Formatting
5347
56caf160 5348@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5349The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5350strictly.
5351
af6c57ea
AC
5352A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5353function definition should have its name in column zero.
5354
474c8240 5355@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5356/* Declaration */
5357static void foo (void);
5358/* Definition */
5359void
5360foo (void)
5361@{
5362@}
474c8240 5363@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5364
5365@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5366be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5367
af6c57ea
AC
5368There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5369parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5370required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5371or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5372
5373While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5374more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5375after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5376whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5377for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5378
5379Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5380
474c8240 5381@smallexample
af6c57ea 5382void *foo;
474c8240 5383@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5384
5385@noindent
5386and not:
5387
474c8240 5388@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5389void * foo;
5390void* foo;
474c8240 5391@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5392
5393@subsection Comments
5394
56caf160 5395@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5396The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5397
af6c57ea
AC
5398Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5399@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5400
474c8240 5401@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5402/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5403 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5404 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5405 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5406 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5407@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5408
5409(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5410comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5411
5412Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5413variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5414
5415In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5416than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5417line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5418than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5419
5420@subsection C Usage
5421
56caf160 5422@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5423Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5424host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5425of evaluation of expressions.
5426
56caf160 5427@cindex function usage
c906108c 5428Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5429in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5430call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5431limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5432
5433However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5434are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5435
af6c57ea 5436@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5437(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5438protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5439
5440@cindex types
c906108c 5441
af6c57ea
AC
5442Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5443declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5444
5445
5446@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5447@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5448
5449Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5450a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5451argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5452function definition.
c906108c 5453
53a5351d
JM
5454All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5455callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5456be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5457visible to random source files.
c906108c 5458
af6c57ea
AC
5459Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5460that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5461
5462
5463@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5464
5465During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5466User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5467entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5468object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5469Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5470run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5471
5472When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5473@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5474
5475@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5476
5477@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5478the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5479@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5480error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5481
5482@subsection File Names
5483
5484Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5485case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5486unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5487
5488@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5489platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5490is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5491@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5492convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5493@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5494@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5495
5496Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5497of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5498
5499@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5500
5501When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5502@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5503@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5504independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5505the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5506should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5507programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5508
5509For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5510
5511
5512@subsection Include Files
5513
e2b28d04 5514A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5515
e2b28d04
AC
5516A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5517declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5518indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5519
e2b28d04
AC
5520A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5521declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5522indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5523be directly included.
af6c57ea 5524
e2b28d04 5525An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5526
e2b28d04
AC
5527An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5528Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5529pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5530
5531A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5532
5533An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5534files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5535@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5536
5537All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5538
474c8240 5539@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5540#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5541#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5542header body
5543#endif
474c8240 5544@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5545
c906108c 5546
dab11f21 5547@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5548
56caf160 5549@cindex design
c906108c 5550In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5551semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5552experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5553trouble.
5554
56caf160 5555@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5556You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5557(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5558must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5559@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5560such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5561
5562You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5563the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5564current @code{target_ops} vector.
5565
5566You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5567(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5568assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5569host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5570written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5571copyright problems.
5572
56caf160 5573@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5574Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5575to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5576systems.
5577
56caf160 5578@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5579New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5580or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5581for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5582features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5583has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5584often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5585predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5586time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5587with regard to this feature.
5588
5589Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5590target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5591
dab11f21
EZ
5592@cindex portable file name handling
5593@cindex file names, portability
5594One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5595creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5596assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5597a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5598directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5599necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5600system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5601name, use the following portable macros:
5602
5603@table @code
5604@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5605@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5606This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5607whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5608symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5609such hosts.
5610
5611@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5612@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5613Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5614character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5615such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5616pass.
5617
5618@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5619@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5620Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5621For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5622@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5623@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5624
5625@findex FILENAME_CMP
5626@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5627Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5628appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5629this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5630will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5631
5632@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5633@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5634Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5635@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5636This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5637
5638@findex SLASH_STRING
5639@item SLASH_STRING
5640This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5641absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5642@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5643@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5644@end table
5645
5646In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5647functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5648basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5649@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5650platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5651with @code{strrchr}.
5652
25822942
DB
5653Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5654attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5655multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5656by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5657well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5658something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5659using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5660@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5661current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5662is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5663implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5664attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5665formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5666
56caf160
EZ
5667Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5668the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5669@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5670something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5671consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5672with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5673file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5674radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5675
af6c57ea
AC
5676All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5677@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5678messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5679@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5680
c906108c 5681
8487521e 5682@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5683
25822942 5684@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5685@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5686
56caf160
EZ
5687Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5688specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5689dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5690hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5691@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5692name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5693@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5694
56caf160
EZ
5695@itemize @bullet
5696@item
c906108c
SS
5697In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5698@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5699vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5700@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5701@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5702running
5703
474c8240 5704@smallexample
c906108c 5705./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5706@end smallexample
56caf160 5707
c906108c
SS
5708@noindent
5709and
56caf160 5710
474c8240 5711@smallexample
c906108c 5712./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5713@end smallexample
56caf160 5714
c906108c
SS
5715@noindent
5716which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5717and no error messages.
5718
56caf160 5719@noindent
c906108c
SS
5720You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5721beyond the scope of this manual.
5722
56caf160 5723@item
25822942 5724To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5725your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5726desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5727setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5728@var{xyz}).
5729
7fd60527
AC
5730@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5731@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5732new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5733Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5734to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5735changed again in the future.}
5736
56caf160 5737@item
25822942 5738Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5739target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5740configuration.
56caf160 5741@end itemize
c906108c 5742
d52fe014
AC
5743@node Versions and Branches
5744@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5745
d52fe014 5746@section Versions
8973da3a 5747
d52fe014
AC
5748@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5749@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5750
d52fe014
AC
5751@table @asis
5752@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5753@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5754an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5755@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5756a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
57576.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5758@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5759a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
57606.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5761@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5762a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5763@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5764may include additional changes
d52fe014 5765@end table
fb0ff88f 5766
d52fe014
AC
5767@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5768numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5769of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5770@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5771
53531fc1
AC
5772@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5773@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5774drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5775first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5776@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5777@var{patchlevel}.
5778
5779For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5780identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5781
5782@table @asis
5783@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5784drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5785@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5786@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5787drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
57886.1.90.20020304)
5789@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5790@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5791drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5792@end table
fb0ff88f 5793
d52fe014
AC
5794If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
57956.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5796here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5797
d52fe014
AC
5798@smallexample
5799 <HEAD>
5800 |
53531fc1 58016.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5802 |
53531fc1 5803 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5804 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5805 | |
53531fc1
AC
58066.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5807 | |
58086.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5809 | |
58106.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5811 | |
53531fc1
AC
58126.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5813 | |
58146.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5815 | |
58166.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5817 | |
58186.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5819 | |
58206.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5821 |
53531fc1 58226.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5823 |
53531fc1 5824 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5825 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5826 | |
58276.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5828 | |
d52fe014 5829@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5830
d52fe014
AC
5831@section Release Branches
5832@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5833
d52fe014
AC
5834@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5835single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5836branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5837
d52fe014
AC
5838@smallexample
5839gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5840gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5841gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5842@end smallexample
5843
5844@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5845release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5846date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5847branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5848
5849@section Vendor Branches
5850@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5851
5852To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5853@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5854(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 5855its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
5856Inc Patch 2)}.
5857
5858@section Experimental Branches
5859@cindex experimental branches
5860
5861@subsection Guidelines
5862
5863@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5864repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5865for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5866significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5867
d52fe014 5868The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5869
d52fe014
AC
5870@table @emph
5871
5872@item a branch has an owner
5873The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5874ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5875adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5876
5877@item all commits are posted
5878All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5879@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5880mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5881should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5882
5883@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5884This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5885and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5886
5887@item a branch is focused
5888A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5889unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5890be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5891
5892@item a branch tracks mainline
5893This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5894pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5895mainline.
5896
5897@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5898The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5899branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5900
5901@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5902The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5903the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5904@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5905
5906@end table
fb0ff88f 5907
d52fe014
AC
5908@subsection Tags
5909@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5910
d52fe014
AC
5911To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5912branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5913
d52fe014 5914@table @code
fb0ff88f 5915
d52fe014
AC
5916@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5917@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5918The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5919date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5920sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5921@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5922cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5923cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5924 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5925@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5926
d52fe014
AC
5927@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5928The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5929on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5930use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5931@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5932cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5933cvs update \
5934 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5935 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5936@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5937@noindent
5938Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5939merge.
5940
5941@end table
fb0ff88f 5942
d52fe014
AC
5943@noindent
5944For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5945@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5946
55f6ca0f
JB
5947@node Start of New Year Procedure
5948@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5949@cindex new year procedure
5950
5951At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5952
5953@itemize @bullet
5954@item
5955Rotate the ChangeLog file
5956
5957The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5958@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5959A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5960contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5961also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5962the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5963@smallexample
5964Local Variables:
5965mode: change-log
5966left-margin: 8
5967fill-column: 74
5968version-control: never
5969End:
5970@end smallexample
5971
7f893741
JB
5972@item
5973Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
5974in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5975
55f6ca0f
JB
5976@item
5977Update the copyright year in the startup message
5978
5979Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
5980@code{print_gdb_version}.
5981@end itemize
5982
d52fe014 5983@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5984
d52fe014
AC
5985@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5986@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5987
9bb0a4d8
AC
5988@section Branch Commit Policy
5989
5990The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
59915.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5992
5993@itemize @bullet
5994@item
5995The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5996@item
5997Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5998trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5999file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6000@item
6001When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6002Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6003when debugging a static binary?
6004@item
6005The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6006the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6007@item
6008Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6009sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6010@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6011@end itemize
6012
6013@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6014functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6015This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6016reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6017
6018
cbb09e6a 6019@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6020
8642bc8f 6021Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6022code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6023(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6024
8642bc8f 6025Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6026line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6027been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6028
cbb09e6a
AC
6029The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6030wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6031Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6032
cbb09e6a 6033@enumerate
8973da3a 6034@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6035Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6036list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6037recommended.
8973da3a 6038@item
cbb09e6a 6039Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6040@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6041Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6042Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6043@item
cbb09e6a 6044Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6045@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6046Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6047prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6048@item
6049Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6050released.
6051@item
6052Remove the obsolete code.
6053@end enumerate
6054
6055@noindent
6056@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6057hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6058helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6059or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6060the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6061hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6062
8973da3a 6063
9ae8b82c
AC
6064
6065@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6066
8642bc8f
AC
6067The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6068changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6069instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6070building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6071@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6072
9ae8b82c 6073@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6074
9ae8b82c
AC
6075People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6076something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6077script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6078
9ae8b82c 6079@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6080
9ae8b82c
AC
6081Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6082@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6083@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6084
6085@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6086
8642bc8f 6087A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6088
8642bc8f
AC
6089@itemize @bullet
6090@item
6091@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6092@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6093@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6094file)
6095@item
6096@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6097@end itemize
6098
9ae8b82c 6099@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6100
9ae8b82c
AC
6101@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6102(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6103conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6104of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6105regressions.
8642bc8f 6106
9ae8b82c 6107@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6108
9ae8b82c 6109Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6110
9ae8b82c 6111@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6112
9ae8b82c 6113The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6114
8642bc8f 6115
30107679 6116@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6117
30107679 6118@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6119
474c8240 6120@smallexample
30107679
AC
6121$ u=5.1
6122$ v=5.2
6123$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6124$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6125$ echo $u $V $D
61265.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6127$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6128-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6129cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6130-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6131$ ^echo ^^
6132...
6133$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6134-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6135cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6136-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6137$ ^echo ^^
6138...
8642bc8f 6139$
474c8240 6140@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6141
6142@itemize @bullet
6143@item
b247355e 6144By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6145date/time.
6146@item
b247355e 6147The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6148@item
b247355e 6149Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6150@item
b247355e 6151@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6152@item
b247355e 6153The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6154@end itemize
6155
6156@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6157
6158@smallexample
6159$ u=5.1
6160$ v=5.2
6161$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6162$ echo $u $v$V
61635.1 5_2
6164$ cd /tmp
6165$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6166-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6167cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6168 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6169$ ^echo ^^
6170U src/gdb/version.in
6171$ cd src/gdb
6172$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6173$ cat version.in
61745.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6175$ cvs -f commit version.in
6176@end smallexample
6177
6178@itemize @bullet
6179@item
6180@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6181mechanism.
30107679
AC
6182@item
6183@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6184initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6185@end itemize
6186
8642bc8f
AC
6187
6188@subheading Update the web and news pages
6189
30107679
AC
6190Something?
6191
8642bc8f
AC
6192@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6193
30107679
AC
6194The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6195This file needs to be updated so that:
6196
6197@itemize @bullet
6198@item
b247355e 6199A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6200@item
b247355e 6201The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6202@end itemize
6203
6204@noindent
6205See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6206cron table.
6207
6208The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6209any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6210snapshot directories.
6211
6212
6213@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6214
6215The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6216to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6217refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6218
6219The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6220current release.
6221
6222@subheading Post the branch info
6223
6224Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6225
6226@itemize @bullet
6227@item
6228@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6229@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6230@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6231@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6232@end itemize
30107679
AC
6233
6234@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6235ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6236list are alerted.}
6237
6238The announcement should include:
6239
6240@itemize @bullet
6241@item
b247355e 6242The branch tag.
30107679 6243@item
b247355e 6244How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6245@item
b247355e 6246The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6247@item
b247355e 6248The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6249@end itemize
30107679 6250
8642bc8f
AC
6251@section Stabilize the branch
6252
6253Something goes here.
6254
6255@section Create a Release
6256
0816590b
AC
6257The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6258down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6259process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6260process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6261
0816590b
AC
6262When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6263
6264@subsection Create a release candidate
6265
6266The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6267made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6268candidate).
6269
6270@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6271
6272Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6273@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6274
6275@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6276
474c8240 6277@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6278$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6279$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6280$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6281$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6282/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6283$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6284$ cd $t/$b/$v
6285$ pwd
0816590b 6286/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6287$ which autoconf
6288/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6289$
474c8240 6290@end smallexample
8973da3a 6291
0816590b
AC
6292@noindent
6293Notes:
8973da3a 6294
0816590b
AC
6295@itemize @bullet
6296@item
6297Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6298version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6299found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6300unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6301@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6302@end itemize
6303
6304@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6305
474c8240 6306@smallexample
b247355e 6307$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6308do
8973da3a
AC
6309( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6310done
8642bc8f 6311$
474c8240 6312@end smallexample
8973da3a 6313
0816590b
AC
6314@noindent
6315Note:
8642bc8f 6316
0816590b
AC
6317@itemize @bullet
6318@item
6319The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6320any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6321@code{cvs} really does.
6322@end itemize
6323
6324@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6325
0816590b
AC
6326@table @file
6327
6328@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6329
6330Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6331releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6332
0816590b 6333Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6334
474c8240 6335@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6336$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6337...
6338c-x 4 a
6339...
6340c-x c-s c-x c-c
6341$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6342$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6343@end smallexample
8973da3a 6344
0816590b
AC
6345@item gdb/README
6346
6347You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6348
0816590b
AC
6349@itemize @bullet
6350@item
b247355e 6351The version.
0816590b 6352@item
b247355e 6353The update date.
0816590b 6354@item
b247355e 6355Who did it.
0816590b 6356@end itemize
8973da3a 6357
474c8240 6358@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6359$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6360...
8973da3a 6361c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6362...
8973da3a 6363c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6364$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6365$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6366@end smallexample
8973da3a 6367
0816590b
AC
6368@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6369before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6370to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6371
8642bc8f
AC
6372@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6373@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6374pursuing.}
8973da3a 6375
0816590b 6376@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6377
474c8240 6378@smallexample
8642bc8f 6379$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6380$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
63815.2
8642bc8f 6382$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6383...
6384c-x 4 a
0816590b 6385... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6386c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6387$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6388$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6389@end smallexample
8973da3a 6390
0816590b
AC
6391@end table
6392
6393@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6394
6395This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6396
4ce8657e
MC
6397@smallexample
6398$ for m in gdb insight
6399do
6400( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6401done
4ce8657e
MC
6402@end smallexample
6403
6404If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6405(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6406
474c8240 6407@smallexample
0816590b 6408$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6409do
0816590b 6410( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6411done
474c8240 6412@end smallexample
8973da3a 6413
0816590b 6414@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6415
0816590b 6416You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6417@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6418for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6419
474c8240 6420@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6421$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6422M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6423? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6424? proto-toplev
0816590b 6425@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6426M gdb/ChangeLog
6427M gdb/NEWS
6428M gdb/README
6429M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6430@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6431$
474c8240 6432@end smallexample
8973da3a 6433
0816590b 6434@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6435@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6436@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6437was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6438didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6439
0816590b 6440@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6441
474c8240 6442@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6443$ cp */src/*.tar .
6444$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6445$ ls -F
b247355e 6446gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6447$ for m in gdb insight
6448do
6449bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6450gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6451done
6452$
474c8240 6453@end smallexample
8973da3a 6454
0816590b
AC
6455@noindent
6456Note:
6457
6458@itemize @bullet
6459@item
6460A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6461in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6462can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6463process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6464@end itemize
6465
6466@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6467
0816590b 6468Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6469
0816590b
AC
6470@smallexample
6471$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6472$ cd gdb-5.2
6473$ ./configure
6474$ make
6475@dots{}
6476$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6477GNU gdb 5.2
6478@dots{}
6479(gdb) b main
6480Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6481(gdb) run
6482Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6483
6484Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6485734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6486(gdb) print args
6487$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6488(gdb)
6489@end smallexample
8973da3a 6490
0816590b 6491@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6492
0816590b 6493If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6494
0816590b
AC
6495@enumerate
6496@item
6497Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6498@item
6499Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6500@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6501process can restart.
6502@item
6503Make the release candidate available in
6504@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6505@item
6506Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6507@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6508@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6509
0816590b 6510@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6511
0816590b 6512(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6513
0816590b 6514@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6515
0816590b 6516Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6517
474c8240 6518@smallexample
0816590b 6519$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6520$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6521@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6522
0816590b
AC
6523@noindent
6524Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6525are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6526
6527@smallexample
6528$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6529$ rm @dots{}
6530@end smallexample
6531
6532@noindent
6533Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6534directory:
6535
6536@smallexample
6537$ vi README
6538@dots{}
6539$ rm -f .message
6540$ ln README .message
6541@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6542
0816590b 6543@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6544
0816590b
AC
6545@table @file
6546
6547@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6548This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6549@itemize @bullet
6550@item
b247355e 6551General announcement.
8642bc8f 6552@item
0816590b
AC
6553News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6554earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6555@item
b247355e 6556Errata.
0816590b
AC
6557@end itemize
6558
6559@item htdocs/index.html
6560@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6561@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6562These files include:
6563@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6564@item
b247355e 6565Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6566@item
b247355e 6567News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6568@end itemize
0816590b 6569These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6570
0816590b 6571@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6572You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6573docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6574from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6575Something like:
6576
474c8240 6577@smallexample
8642bc8f 6578$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6579 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6580 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6581 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6582 gdb
474c8240 6583@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6584
0816590b
AC
6585@item download/ari/
6586Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6587
0816590b
AC
6588@smallexample
6589$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6590 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6591 $PWD/www \
6592 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6593 gdb
6594@end smallexample
6595
6596@end table
6597
6598@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6599
6600Something goes here.
6601
6602
6603@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6604
6605At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6606@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6607
6608@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6609
6610Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6611
6612@itemize @bullet
6613@item
6614@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6615@item
0816590b
AC
6616@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6617day or so to let things get out)
6618@item
6619@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6620@end itemize
6621
0816590b 6622@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6623
0816590b 6624The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6625
0816590b 6626@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6627
0816590b 6628In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6629
6630@itemize @bullet
6631@item
6632@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6633@item
6634@file{gdb/version.in}
6635@item
6636@file{gdb/NEWS}
6637@item
6638@file{gdb/README}
6639@end itemize
6640
0816590b 6641@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6642
6643Something like:
6644
474c8240 6645@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6646$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6647$ echo $d
66482002-01-24
6649$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6650$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6651@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6652
0816590b 6653Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6654@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6655
6656@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6657
0816590b
AC
6658Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6659indicates when the release was made.
6660
6661@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6662
6663If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6664@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6665committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6666@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6667is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6668
6669Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6670
0816590b 6671@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6672
8642bc8f
AC
6673The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6674trunk.
8973da3a 6675
0816590b
AC
6676@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6677
6678Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6679Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6680generated by running:
6681
6682@smallexample
6683$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6684@end smallexample
6685
6686@noindent
6687The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6688of the most recent release.
6689
6690Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6691
8642bc8f 6692@section Post release
8973da3a 6693
8642bc8f 6694Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6695
085dd6e6
JM
6696@node Testsuite
6697
6698@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6699@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6700
56caf160
EZ
6701The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6702While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6703this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6704the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6705to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6706
b247355e
NR
6707The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6708tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6709runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6710
6711@section Using the Testsuite
6712
56caf160 6713@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6714To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6715testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6716environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6717the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6718and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6719finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6720
474c8240 6721@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6722 === gdb Summary ===
6723
6724# of expected passes 6016
6725# of unexpected failures 58
6726# of unexpected successes 5
6727# of expected failures 183
6728# of unresolved testcases 3
6729# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6730@end smallexample
56caf160 6731
a9f158ec
JB
6732To run a specific test script, type:
6733@example
6734make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6735@end example
6736where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6737spaces.
6738
085dd6e6
JM
6739The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6740conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6741real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6742failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6743hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6744everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6745being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6746lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6747Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6748reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6749catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6750program.
6751
6752When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6753testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6754regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6755run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6756compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6757testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6758options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6759host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6760mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6761
6762If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6763tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6764and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6765Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6766failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6767difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6768in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6769tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6770
e7dc800a
MC
6771DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6772some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6773the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6774will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6775
6776@smallexample
6777UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6778@end smallexample
6779
085dd6e6
JM
6780@section Testsuite Organization
6781
56caf160 6782@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6783The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6784testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6785and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6786handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6787@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6788all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6789configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6790definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6791
6792The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6793subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6794with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6795in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6796get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6797
6798The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6799are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6800located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6801execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6802intelligibility.
6803
56caf160 6804@table @file
085dd6e6 6805@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6806This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6807configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6808The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6809ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6810for prototypes).
6811
6812@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6813Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6814@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6815
6816@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6817Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6818(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6819HP-UX.
6820
6821@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6822Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
68231999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6824couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6825imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6826extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6827
6828@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6829Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6830instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6831@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6832@end table
6833
6834@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6835@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6836
25822942 6837In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6838should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6839
6840You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6841includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6842However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6843instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6844calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6845
6846Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
6847necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
6848a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
6849@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
6850prompts.
6851
6852Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
6853On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
6854spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
6855
6856The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6857style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6858styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6859instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6860never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6861uniformly.
6862
c906108c
SS
6863@node Hints
6864
6865@chapter Hints
6866
6867Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6868appear anywhere else in the directory.
6869
6870@menu
25822942 6871* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6872* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6873@end menu
6874
6875@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6876
6877@section Getting Started
6878
25822942 6879@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6880work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6881know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6882
25822942
DB
6883This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6884generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6885
6886Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6887comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6888function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6889explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6890free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6891out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6892actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6893
6894Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6895native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6896repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6897macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6898default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6899also documents all the available macros.
6900@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6901@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6902@c Conditionals})
6903
56caf160
EZ
6904Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6905@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6906@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6907code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6908
6909You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6910enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6911language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6912the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6913and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6914are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6915approach.
6916
25822942 6917Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6918specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6919function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6920will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6921calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6922(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6923called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6924functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6925one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6926structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6927the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6928look like.
6929
6930Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6931code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6932principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6933else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6934rather than worrying about all its details.
6935
56caf160
EZ
6936@cindex command implementation
6937A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6938a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6939single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6940@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6941via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6942which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6943the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6944@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6945command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6946display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6947not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6948tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6949breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6950
6951@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6952If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6953on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6954wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6955@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6956Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6957
33e16fad 6958@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6959
25822942 6960@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6961@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6962
25822942 6963If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6964fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6965Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6966debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6967./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6968@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6969
25822942 6970When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6971@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6972gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6973in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6974gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6975
6976If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6977you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6978routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6979@kbd{M-.}
6980
25822942 6981Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6982have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6983
6984@section Submitting Patches
6985
56caf160 6986@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6987Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6988@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6989Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6990changes.
6991
25822942
DB
6992The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6993This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6994
6995If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6996or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6997with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6998
56caf160 6999@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7000The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7001copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7002of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7003standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7004and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7005owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7006changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7007etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7008contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7009bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7010this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7011since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7012
7013Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7014feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7015Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7016header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7017each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7018needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7019@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7020single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7021
7022In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7023sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7024If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7025out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7026
9e0b60a8
JM
7027The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7028install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7029or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7030will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7031The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7032the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7033being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7034tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7035the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7036acceptable.
7037
7038If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7039of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7040installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7041reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7042complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7043they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7044permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7045be for quite some time.
c906108c 7046
56caf160 7047Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7048@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7049
7050@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7051@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7052
25822942 7053Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7054configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7055should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7056
7057@table @code
c906108c
SS
7058@item STACK_END_ADDR
7059This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7060in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7061core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7062gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7063files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7064and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7065
7066Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7067is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7068
c906108c
SS
7069@end table
7070
bcd7e15f 7071@include observer.texi
2154891a 7072@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7073@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7074@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7075
56caf160
EZ
7076@node Index
7077@unnumbered Index
7078
7079@printindex cp
7080
c906108c 7081@bye
This page took 0.945319 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.